1710 to 1719 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1710 to 1719.

1710
'''I have removed the Bullshit mod events, Such as the Republic of Atlantis and Martian Colony. Don't understand why they were here, but whatever. '''

'They are beautiful, totally ''serious mod events, crafted by me, about my equally beautiful and serious Bavarian Colony on Mars. If this is the way you react to intellectual, groundbreaking mod events ... Well, I suggest you take a break from PM3. (:''' Cookiedamage (talk) 04:06, December 8, 2014 (UTC)

Are you a mod? RexImperio (talk) 07:48, December 8, 2014 (UTC)

No he isn't. And Cookie? Mod events like those only belong one day of the year. And yesterday wasn't April Fool's Day. --Yank 19:00, December 8, 2014 (UTC)

I am deeply offended. I attempt to bring joy and light to this game and I am immediately and cruelly shot down. I am in tears ;( Cookiedamage (talk) 20:21, December 8, 2014 (UTC)

Idea, have me make real mod events (like maybe a Minor Economic boom in the Netherlands) and have stuff like this provented. Saturn120 (Talk/Blog) 23:14, December 8, 2014 (UTC)

In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts between the President and the Posadnik, tensions begin to rise between Latvia and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies.


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this Troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Plans to Unify the North Vietnam government with the South Vietnamese government are expected to happen within the next three years.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Plans to Unify the South Vietnam government with the North Vietnamese government are expected to happen within the next three years.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade is initiated with the Kingdom of Sichuan and the Emperor personally pays a visit to Sichuan to acquire closer interests with the landlocked Chinese states. To further signify Manchu support for Sichuan, we declare that we'd intervene if Sichuan was ever put at threat. Also we attack Xi'an we seige artillery and our army
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack CJ 'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a separate entity from the Colonial military.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure, as well as improvements to the Palace.
 * Nubia: In 1710 Berko Akintola takes the throne after seeing his father die in an assassination. At the age of 20 the new king takes the throne. We ask Rome for an alliance. The military starts to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities start to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships.
 * You can't name your king Al-Farouq Aminu, one of the reasons is that he's actually a NBA player. Another is that that's an OTL Islamic name. Nubia is still Christian. -Sky
 * Alodia: The military starts to train troops.
 * Makuria: The military starts to train troops.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 100 sq km.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materials, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes, and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach eight million by 1710. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. King Kristoffer II, the first Bjelbo-Griffins monarch, has been in power since the 1560s. Once a youthful, brash king, he has since slowed down a bit. While his health is fair, the health of his wife has begun to decay. His offspring, including the heir to the throne, remain in good health.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinvia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Banate of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Czech Banate (Češki Banat): The Banate recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijski Podbanat): The Podbanate's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * Many parts of the Kiatagmiut Band are almost unrecognizable to Great Elder Aklaq, who decided that he would tour his nation, regardless of his ailing health. Many, including the High Shaman, suspect that Aklaq wanted to take the tour as a result of his failing health and relatively short amount of time left as Great Elder. Low and behold, Aklaq does die while on his tour, while visiting the outposts at Taxtamax̂. The Japanese diplomats from their colonies come to mourn the loss of the Elder, who was highly respected. Since Aklaq's eldest son is currently leading the group of settlers on Nuniwar, he is summoned to the capital of Mamterilleq and a vote of the Amellrutaq is called to confirm Siluk as the new Great Elder of the Kiatagmiut. Siluk decides that he will dedicate his tenure to continuing the influx of trade and technology  into the Band. Metallurgical skills are currently more advanced than any other wholly native nation in Borealia, according to Japanese traders. Meanwhile, an expedition is sent up the Kuigpak River (OTL Yukon River), and expansion continues in that general direction. Expansion also continues on Qikertaq Island (OTL Kodiak Island).
 * The Kitagmiut Band seek to buy large "qayaqs" from the Empire of Japan and the Mangut Nivkhgu, to help expand our trade.
 * Japanese Diplmacy: We offer some of our older "qayaqs" to the Kitagmiut Band, hoping that they will be suitable for trading with and for exploring places.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. As the councils plans for new roads continues, the Emperor discovers that they are actually using the labor to build themselves lavish villas, and reveals this to the populace, causing great outrage among several prominent merchants and nobles.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1710, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 49, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 49, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 47, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 42, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son this year, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 46, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. Gregory von Andechs, aged 35, is among the most prominent leader in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Ayutthaya: Further investments into farmking and land clearances for an increasing population. We finish off two more large ships which will be making regular trips around Nicobar and around Cambodia. We restrict trade with Cambodia through the Ayutthayan Border. Our government also discusses the possibility or restricting trade via a naval blockade but doesn't have public support due to fear of a second war with Cambodia.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the Nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.3 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 470,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked as well. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ... and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of **Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speech.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarusian military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.
 * The Belarusian military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.

1711
''' Spanish and French forces clash officially in the Imperial Sea off the coast of Florida within sight of colonists on the mainland bringing tensions between the two powers into a near rivalry status. '''

''' The Dutch begin to show signs of trade issues near Guiana as piracy begins to pick up looking for easy picking just off the coast of the European Trade power. '''

''' Many of the Chinese states begin to show open disdain for further expansion of forces into China with the obvious balance of power being upset by Wu, Spain and the Steppe Khanatr in the north as well as the Manchurian conquest of the former Chinese imperial overlord of Ming. '''

Whao, no Mention of Japan-Manchuria? Saturn120 (Talk/Blog) 01:28, December 9, 2014 (UTC)

If Feud was the one who made this event, he thinks I am "Khaganate" and that Manchu are not Chinese. Other than that, IDK. RexImperio (talk) 02:47, December 9, 2014 (UTC)

Fixed to reflect this. Also the Manchu are a Chinese minority, that were/are on and off not accepted at various points in history considering most of the Chinese empires were pro han that actively promoted Han populations over others. In a time where Han majority states should be fighting it out and a Han force exists to prevent hegemony of a certain nation over the rest, a Mongol or Manchu overlordship wouldnt hold up. European overlordship would in fact only hold up in the course of a technological and strategic superiority. -Feud


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Hamburg traders in the Far East continue to increase profits, and some begin pushing for further debate into East Indies expansion. Duke Karl II officially begins a policy of rapprochement toward the minor Westphalian states, namely those bordering Hamburg's vassal Münster, the duchies of Berg and Westphalia.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign of friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this Troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Plans to Unify the North Vietnam government with the South Vietnamese government are expected to happen within the next two years.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Plans to Unify the South Vietnam government with the North Vietnamese government are expected to happen within the next two years.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade is initiated with the Kingdom of Sichuan and the Emperor personally pays a visit to Sichuan to acquire closer interests with the landlocked Chinese states. To further signify Manchu support for Sichuan, we declare that we'd intervene if Sichuan was ever put at threat. Also we attack Xi'an we seige artillery and our army. The Xi'an military are completely crushed at the borderlands and the Manchu troops march to Lanzhou. After the battle of Lanzhou, we capture the city with joy and delight and send news to Princ Qing Aisen Gioro Dorgan that Lanzhou has been captured. 
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - Japan Diplomacy: The Manchu seek greater autonomy in the Union and greater representation by Manchu men. We believe the royalty and military is under the control of Japan which certainly is unfair for us.
 * Ok I accidentally edited this turn and idk how to change this. .-.
 * ​Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. We start to trade with Rome. The king marries a woman of the name of Makeda.
 * Kamaria is a Swahili name, not Nubian. Also Berko Akintola also can't be your king's name, as Berko is an Akan name, which means it's only found in West Africa, while Akintola is a Nigerian last name, also only in West Africa.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure, and finish the improvements to the Imperial Palace.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies.  The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia . Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated.   A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely explotive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology.  The Leonard uprising  continues into its thirdyear with support being gained in Eire and nobles in London, most of whom dislike the current house, blaming the economic stagnation and loss of wealth on the current Monarch. The monarchy, hearing of these events, mobilizes the military and begins using draconian tactics to keep people in line, with several high ranking generals and nobles rounded up and executed. Initially the people responded with fear, but then began to rise up. The Britannic War of Succession has begun. Repression continues to grow, forcing the uprising to reach out more to other nations. Leonard reaches out to France and promises Calais in exchange for a small colony and possible support against the current government. 


 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.   Scottish nobleman Ian Leonard claims that his House is the rightful heir to throne and not House Hamburg. His claims are substantiated as he is the last remaining heir to the line of York, a true British line, not a foreign line. His words gain popularity throughout Scotland and much of Northern Britannia,  Leonard reaches out to other nations, namely Hispania in attempt to get recognized and have aid in overthrowing the current Emperor. Many nobles in Scotland see him as rightful ruler of an Empire that started in Scotland originally and see it time to re-install a British ruler once again.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Dominion of Arcadia Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor inacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New **Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 100 sq km.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military of Scandinavia improves this year. King Kristoffer II institutes the Riksform of 1712, updating the military uniforms and guns. The Scandinavian uniform has adopted the Danish Flag into the design, with Norway's flag also being an influence. Light blue cuffs and yellow trimmings symbolize Sweden. In the meantime, the standard Scandinavian unit now carries an updated gun. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materials, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes, and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach eight million by 1710. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. King Kristoffer II, the first Bjelbo-Griffins monarch, has been in power since the 1560s. Once a youthful, brash king, he has since slowed down a bit. While his health is fair, the health of his wife has begun to decay. His offspring, including the heir to the throne, remain in good health.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinvia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the Nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Hispania officially sends 30 top of the line warships to send a message to the Manchu, Advance further into China and interfere with Spanish trade? Suffer the consequences.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.3 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 470,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to infrastructural expansion. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Revolts across the nation are put down by military force, but overall revolts decrease as the nation returns to normal. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. An inventor named Johann Tserclaes invents the seed drill, a sowing device that precisely positions seeds in the soil and then covers them. This invention becomes popular in large farms across the nation, where mechanized farming greatly aids the production of agricultural goods. As a result the nation experiences a brief period of population boom.
 * Wu: After being upset with obvious balance of power, Wu continue to still improve the economy and military. Wu built infrastructure and still improves, looking for a colony to expand about 25 px.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom: The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band develops, due to foreign aid. More to come.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1711, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 50, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 50, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 43, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son this year, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 47, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. Gregory von Andechs, aged 35, is among the most prominent leader in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked as well. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ... and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of **Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speech.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.

1712
''' A large group of Russian hispsters on Baravias' Martian colony revolt, forming the Hispsters' Republic of Novorossyia. '''

Or they could not...-Lx

'''All right guys (read: Cookie), this ain't funny anymore. Do  NOT post events like this if it isn't the 1st of April. -Sky'''

'''It's OKAY to admit your sense of humor is in need of re-adjustment. Realization is the first step to recovery :) . -Cookie'''

'''Cookie, don't get cocky here. If you do something like this again, punishment will follow. -Sky'''

Unfortunately, denial is also a step toward recovery :( -Cookie

'''A Council is brought up by the remaining Chinese warlording states, which seeing the advance and centralization of Manchu’s to the north and wishing to showcase a powerful united China to the outside threats, particularly Spain and Japan. The Warlord all unanimously declare that any further attempt by the advancing Manchu empire to take more parts of China will be met with massive force. Si-Chuan, Wu, Yue, Various high level elements of Yunnan, and Jin all show heavy support for this. Shandong and Hebei (the Two nations that formed out of the small Kingdoms decades ago) also show relative support to preventing further Manchu expansion.'''

Wu and Yunnan are both PC.

'''Wu and Yunnan can both go against this, mod events are here to make players react in their own creative way, rather than blindly following the events "goal". -Sky'''
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. Hamburg's policy of rapprochement toward Westfalen continues, with diplomats begin drawing it closer to Hamburg by offering them protection from New Hesses expansionism and tyranny (Turn One of Three). The Hamburg Far East Company commissions several armed merchants to protect its shipments, easing pressure on the Hamburg Maritime Defense Force ships in the region.


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this Troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights to where they have settled.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Plans to Unify the North Vietnam government with the South Vietnamese government are expected to happen next year.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. Plans to Unify the South Vietnam government with the North Vietnamese government are expected to happen next year.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.


 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade is initiated with the Kingdom of Sichuan and the Emperor personally pays a visit to Sichuan to acquire closer interests with the landlocked Chinese states. To further signify Manchu support for Sichuan, we declare that we'd intervene if Sichuan was ever put at threat. Also we attack Xi'an we seige artillery and our army. The Xi'an military are completely crushed at the borderlands and the Manchu troops march to Lanzhou. After the battle of Lanzhou, we capture the city with joy and delight and send news to Princ Qing Aisen Gioro Dorgan that Lanzhou has been captured. 
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - Japan Diplomacy: The Manchu seek greater autonomy in the Union and greater representation by Manchu men. We believe the royalty and military is under the control of Japan which certainly is unfair for us.
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Seeing that the Manchu people are now a Japanese people due to our Royal Marriage, Horiyōshi Yokohama III decides to give Manchuria and their vassals more aunotomy in the Union, creating an offical headquarters in Nagasaki.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also begin improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 100 sq km.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. We continue to trade with Rome. Many riches are brought back from Rome such as food, clothing, weapons, books, and art. The kings first son Scorpion is born. A big library is being built. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is being built in the capital city. The first flag of our country is made. Our military expands 100 px southwest.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom: The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Wu: Wu still continue to improve economy, military and infrastructure.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a separate entity from the Colonial military.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1712, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 51, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 51, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 44, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 48, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. Gregory von Andechs, aged 35, is among the most prominent leader in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * The Kiatagmiut Band​ develops, due to foreign aid. More to come.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materials, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes, and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach eight million by 1710. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. King Kristoffer II, the first Bjelbo-Griffins monarch, has been in power since the 1560s. Once a youthful, brash king, he has since slowed down a bit. While his health is fair, the health of his wife has begun to decay. His offspring, including the heir to the throne, remain in good health.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinvia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the Nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Hispania officially sends 30 top of the line warships to send a message to the Manchu, Advance further into China and interfere with Spanish trade? Suffer the consequences.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.3 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 470,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.

1713

 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Diplomatic pressure on Westfalen to come under Hamburg's protection from New Hesses expansionism and tyranny continues (Turn Two of Three).


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign of friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this Troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 100 sq km. Monarch Changnyeong dies this year and is succeeded by Prince Hyojang, who becomes the new Monarch of Korea.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. We continue to trade with Rome. Many riches are brought back from Rome such as food, clothing, weapons, books, and art. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university in the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band​ develops, due to foreign aid. More to come.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade is initiated with the Kingdom of Sichuan and the Emperor personally pays a visit to Sichuan to acquire closer interests with the landlocked Chinese states. To further signify Manchu support for Sichuan, we declare that we'd intervene if Sichuan was ever put at threat. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponryflowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Wu: Wu still continues to build economy, infrastructure and military which it's still improving.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to military expansion. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Revolts across the nation are put down by military force, but overall revolts decrease as the nation returns to normal. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger. An inventor named Johannes Landman patents a device known as the flying shuttle, which greatly improves the productivity of weavers.
 * Seed drill was invented by juan torez in spain years ago. Also you need a coast for colonies ... pretty sure you do not have a coast. -Feud
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom: The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: The Cherokee and Shawana nations both develop their economies. King Waya from the glorious new capital of Watagi orders his Shawana armies to begin their expansion into the northwest territories. After many years of preparation, economic development and military coordination, the new war of expansion looks set to be ready now. Meanwhile, the Koasati vassal builds up its economy as increased trade with the Cherokee give them more money.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. As the councils plans for new roads continues, the Emperor discovers that they are actually using the labor to build themselves lavish villas, and reveals this to the populace, causing great outrage among several prominent merchants and nobles.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1713, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 52, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 52, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 49, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 45, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 49, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin. Gregory von Andechs, aged 35, is among the most prominent leader in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the Nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Hispania officially sends 30 top of the line warships to send a message to the Manchu, Advance further into China and interfere with Spanish trade? Suffer the consequences.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.3 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 470,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.

1714

 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. After several years of diplomatic pressure, the Duchy of Westfalen accepts vassalage to Hamburg (Turn Three of Three) to defend its interests from the expansionist and tyrannical New Hesse, under the guise of union. The same pressure is placed on the Duchy of Berg, offering it protection from New Hessian expansionism (Turn One of Three). Hamburg's rapprochement policy begins to extend to the Palatinate. New Mecklenburg in Australia expands 4 px.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the Nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. The Spanish military officially deploys nearly 5000 troops to its enclave in the manchu area.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.3 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 470,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.


 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade is initiated with the Kingdom of Sichuan and the Emperor personally pays a visit to Sichuan to acquire closer interests with the landlocked Chinese states. To further signify Manchu support for Sichuan, we declare that we'd intervene if Sichuan was ever put at threat.  [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * There was definitely an event which turned like all of China against you -Feud
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 100 sq km.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band​ develops, due to foreign aid. More to come.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. We continue to trade with Rome. Many riches are brought back from Rome such as food, clothing, weapons, books, and art. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest.
 * After asking MP, I have found out that you are  NOT  trading with Rome, so please stop posting as if you are. S k y G r e e n 2 4 ( P , Q ) 20:52, December 12, 2014 (UTC)
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * Wu: Wu still improving military, economy and infrastructure. Meanwhile, they decide to build Buddhist temples.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina) Economy turn: Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom: The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1714, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 53, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In diplomatic news, the Curia Bavaria observes Hamburger expansion into the Westphalian confederation, particularly the expansion into Pfalz. Many agree that, since Pfalz and Bavaria and dynastically linked, and have been for centuries, Bavaria should bring Pfalz under its sovereign wing. Many within the Curia Bavaria call for the vassalization of Pfalz to be begun immediately or within a year. King Charles sends letter to the Palatinate lords and attempts to pacify them and note that a Bavarian Palatinate will be one of peace, harmony, and stability. Charles also promises that Pfalz will remain under the Westphalian Confederation as well as being a Bavarian vassal. In anticipation of vassalizing Pfalz, Charles I orders the gradual incorporation of Franken-Sachsen. The incorporation is expected to be done within a few years.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 53, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 50, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 46, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 49, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.Agrees on the britannian offer and questions which colony they are interested in, in exchange for calais
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked as well. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ...and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of **Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speech.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.
 * The Empire of Britannia:  Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies.  The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia . Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated.   A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely explotive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology.  The Leonard uprising  continues with support being gained in Eire and nobles in London, most of whom dislike the current house, blaming the economic stagnation and loss of wealth on the current Monarch. The monarchy, hearing of these events, mobilizes the military and begins using draconian tactics to keep people in line, with several high ranking generals and nobles rounded up and executed. Initially the people responded with fear, but then began to rise up. The Britannic War of Succession has begun. Repression continues to grow, forcing the uprising to reach out more to other nations. Leonard reaches out to France and promises Calais in exchange for a small colony and possible support against the current government.
 * The Empire of Britannia:  Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies.  The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia . Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated.   A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely explotive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology.  The Leonard uprising  continues with support being gained in Eire and nobles in London, most of whom dislike the current house, blaming the economic stagnation and loss of wealth on the current Monarch. The monarchy, hearing of these events, mobilizes the military and begins using draconian tactics to keep people in line, with several high ranking generals and nobles rounded up and executed. Initially the people responded with fear, but then began to rise up. The Britannic War of Succession has begun. Repression continues to grow, forcing the uprising to reach out more to other nations. Leonard reaches out to France and promises Calais in exchange for a small colony and possible support against the current government.


 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.   Scottish nobleman Ian Leonard claims that his House is the rightful heir to throne and not House Hamburg. His claims are substantiated as he is the last remaining heir to the line of York, a true British line, not a foreign line. His words gain popularity throughout Scotland and much of Northern Britannia,  Leonard reaches out to other nations, namely Hispania in attempt to get recognized and have aid in overthrowing the current Emperor. Many nobles in Scotland see him as rightful ruler of an Empire that started in Scotland originally and see it time to re-install a British ruler once again.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor inacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New **Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.I know I was late, but I have been quite busy.

1715

 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Pressure on the Duchy of Berg to accept Hamburg's protection from New Hesses expansionism and tyranny (Turn Two of Three). New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 4 px.


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 100 sq km.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Hispanian Dip: We wish to grant Yunnan preferred trade status within Cochin/Burma in exchange we wish to have Yunnan as an ally inside of China in exchange for this allowed trade.
 * Yunnanese Diplomacy: Yunnan agrees to the alliance offer in exchange for preferred trade status with Hispania.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. The Spanish military in Asia with growing interest here begins to work up more deployments and with the China sea company seeking expansion potential in asia, the company begins to increase the employment of soldiers within the coastal enclaves. The forces are officially recognized as presidency armies after the "presidency" factory cities in China. The combined forces of these territories is a fully able force of nearly 75,000 domestic with another potential to hire nearly 15,000 Japanese pirates or mercenaries. Regardless not all of these forces are placed under a singular regional commander in chief.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.


 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their militaries. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships.  A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are starting being built. Due to a very good growing season we have a surplus of crops this year.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom: The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a separate entity from the Colonial military.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Prince Sulimen VI is made Sultan and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 435,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.7 million. Relations with Urdustan are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 290,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 41. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 21. 50,000 soldiers are sent into Jerusalem to calm the riots. Religious harmony is pushed in the city. The new sultan explains to the people of Jerusalem: "Regardless that the nation in which Jerusalem is governed over happens to be Islamic, the city of Jerusalem is a key city in all three major Abrahamic religions. If any groups are started or officiate themselves in taking responsibility for the riots they will be removed immediately by force by the Damascan military. I cannot stress how important the peace in Jerusalem is to the rest of the world. Jerusalem is a small representation of harmony throughout the world. If the three major religions cannot tolerate eachother in one city then it will be a heading for nations around the world to find reasons to not get along based on religious morales. I urge you all to forget about the deep rooted tensions in your personal beliefs and accept one another for who they are. We all believe in the almighty god, and are all God-fearing. We have this bond amongst ourselves, and it should be that we cooperate with one another that way Jerusalem can be a golden example to the rest of the world as to why different religious nations should work together instead of against one another." the Sultan, Sultan Sulimen VI stepped down from the main heading at Jerusalem and was escorted to the villa in Jerusalem. He stations 5000 soldiers around the villa, and 20,000 around the villa walls. 25,000 others were sent to the Jewish, Muslim, and Christian districts to help rebuild homes, pay tributes, donate, and build hospitals and schools throughout the city. Jerusalem is being built to be the Jewel of all religions, and should be cherished for its harmony throughout its reputation to other nations. We request a suitable bride from the Dutch, somewhere from 16-26.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 60,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 345,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued being built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked as well. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ...and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of **Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speech.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1715, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 54, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In diplomatic news, Charles begins vassalizing Pflaz (Turn One of Three). In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 54, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 51, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 47, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 50, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Imperium of Heaven: After a long stretch of stability compounded by stagnation, sweeping changes begin to occur as God Emperor Ozaulai II takes the throne at the age of 22. The military is modernized and revamped, with corrupt generals appointed via nepotism removed from power and exiled. Most of his father's officials are banished and the expansive, bloated bureaucracy is cleaned out. New roads continue being built and strict hygiene laws are enforced as Imperial Center is now an expansive metropolis of over two million citizens. A census reveals that the nation has nearly quintipled in size to an astounding 23.93 million people. The military is increased in size to 30 legions of 15,000 men to make 450,000 men, although most of these men are theoretical. Economic reform also occurs to raise a stagnant economy.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are improved.
 * Not happening, you control a relatively unfertile area of the planet that doesnt really produce much, your not getting that large of a population explosion -Feud

1716
A Polish noble begins to stir unrest in the Polish Banate, as he gathers support of other members of the Szlachta who wish for the Polish Kingdom to be reformed.

'''Sichuan sees the rise of a new warlord who, in order to show his power, conquers the Tibetan rump state to the west of Sichuan in a single year. This achievement makes his servant praise him as the harbringer of a new age in China.'''

'''The Hispanic heir-apparent begins showing a somewhat unhealthy affinity toward potatoes. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. Pressure on the Duchy of Berg to accept Hamburg protection from New Hesses expansionism and tyranny is successful as Berg graciously accepts (Turn Three of Three). Cologne begins to be put under the same pressure (Turn One of Three). Meanwhile, Hamburg's rapprochement policy now extends to all Westphalian states, including New Hesse.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. With the Spanish Empire taking actions against us, we end all trade and any cooperation with Spain and condemn Yunnan for having signed an alliance with Spain, despite it being an agreement between the Chinese states to not allow any foreign nation to thrust into China. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - Sichuan Diplomacy: Despite the Mod Event that put all of China against Manchu, The Emperor decided to pay visit to Sichuan, since the Chinese states did not really care about Yunnan signing an alliance with Spain either. Nevertheless, the Manchu Emperor requested Sichuan to initiate trade with the Manchu and also reminded Sichuan to remain aware of the hostile and shrewd Spanish merchants. Sichuan was also called upon to condemn Yunnan's alliance with Hispania. [MOD RESPONSE]
 * The Sichuan leader, after a long discussion with the Manchu Emperor decides to trade with the Manchu, as long as they provide them with newer technology and also demands that he now be called Emperor as well.
 * The Manchu are pleased with the answer, and agree to provide Sichuan with newer technology that the Manchu had acquired from Spain and Japan. The Emperor also agrees to refer to the Emperor of Sichuan as 'Emperor' and an equal of Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III.
 * Manchu - Imperium of Heaven Diplomacy: Seeing the Imperium as another strong state in the North, instead of fighting; we call upon the Imperium to sign an alliance with us.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign of friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of nine larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships.  A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are starting being built. Due to a very good growing season two years in a row we have a surplus of crops this year just like we did last year. Due to the surplus in crops the population in our nation increases.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * Ayutthaya: We happily announce our positive stance toward the Sichuan Kingdom and recognise it as a singnificant part of China. We do however, hope to see good relations between this developing kingdom and that with Manchuria and the Japanese Empire. We continue our military production of higher class naval forces but in lower numbers as we are currently focusing on the development of regional areas and an expanded farmland to make Ayutthaya more self sufficient.
 * Wu: Wu still improving military and economy. Infrastructure as well.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their militaries. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.Agrees on the britannian offer and questions which colony they are interested in, in exchange for calais
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materials, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes, and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach eight million by 1710. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. King Kristoffer II, the first Bjelbo-Griffins monarch, has been in power since the 1560s. Once a youthful, brash king, he has since slowed down a bit. While his health is fair, the health of his wife has begun to decay. His offspring, including the heir to the throne, remain in good health.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinvia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. The Spanish military in Asia with growing interest here begins to work up more deployments and with the China sea company seeking expansion potential in asia, the company begins to increase the employment of soldiers within the coastal enclaves. The forces are officially recognized as presidency armies after the "presidency" factory cities in China. The combined forces of these territories is a fully able force of nearly 75,000 domestic with another potential to hire nearly 15,000 Japanese pirates or mercenaries. Regardless not all of these forces are placed under a singular regional commander in chief.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africas most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1716, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 55, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In diplomatic news, Charles begins vassalizing Pflaz (Turn Two of Three). In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria begins incorporating Franken-Sachsen (Turn One of Six).
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 55, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 52, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 51, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * Imperium of Heaven: A mistake in the census reveals that the population is actually 6,732,000, not the massive 23 million reported. The head of the Census Division of the Ministry of the interior is executed for his mathematical incompetance. Economic reform continues with government startup subsidies starting many new businesses. The military is improved as planning begins for a campaign into China. Imperial Center continues to be innovated with new roads, sewers, and aquaducts.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military, economy and infrastructure are improved.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ... and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of **Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speech.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.

1717

 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. Diplomatic pressure on Cologne to accept Hamburg protection from New Hesses expansionism. (Turn Two of Three)


 * Ayutthaya: We continue our military production of higher class naval forces but in lower numbers as we are currently focusing on the development of regional areas and an expanded farmland to make Ayutthaya more self sufficient.
 * Hispanian Dip: Spain requests that Ayyutuhaya now being increasingly recognized as a powerful centralized asian state (with proper trade practices) that friendly relations continue as well as the signing of an alliance to support the Chinese warlord states for the forseeable future to prevent any detrimental unification conditions.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. With the Spanish Empire taking actions against us, we end all trade and any cooperation with Spain and condemn Yunnan for having signed an alliance with Spain, despite it being an agreement between the Chinese states to not allow any foreign nation to thrust into China. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - Imperium of Heaven Diplomacy: Seeing the Imperium as another strong state in the North, instead of fighting; we call upon the Imperium to sign an alliance with us.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band makes significant progress in its urbanization. New industries begin to form, largely bars around the mining industry that has recently developed.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.Agrees on the britannian offer and questions which colony they are interested in, in exchange for calais
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * Britannia Dip (Scots side): We would like to request South Florida in exchange for Calais and future support.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: The Cherokee and Shawana nations both develop their economies. The Shawana armies begin their expansion into the northwest territories with 10,000 sq km worth of expansion this year. Meanwhile, the Koasati vassal builds up its economy as increased trade with the Cherokee give them more money.
 * The Empire of Britannia:  Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies.  The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia . Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated.   A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely explotive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology. The uprisings continue throughout the year with much blood being spilt on both sides. During the the conflict, Leonard has himself coronated as Emperor Ian James York of Scotland, King of Scotland, Emperor of Britannia and all her holdings, Ordained by God, Most August, in York May 2 of this year. With massive popular support in the north and in Eire, Emperor James continues to rally against the "False German King" in London. The two opposing armies clash spectacularly at the Battle of Aldborough Hatch, just outside the fortified city. The battle went on for days against the "Southern Loyalists" and the "Scot's Armies". The battle later resulted in a heavy loss for both sides, causing the Scots to pull back north to Oxford. Stunned from the draw, the Southern Loyalists take the time to regroup around London and Bath.


 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.   Scottish nobleman Ian Leonard claims that his House is the rightful heir to throne and not House Hamburg. His claims are substantiated as he is the last remaining heir to the line of York, a true British line, not a foreign line. His words gain popularity throughout Scotland and much of Northern Britannia,  Leonard reaches out to other nations, namely Hispania in attempt to get recognized and have aid in overthrowing the current Emperor. Many nobles in Scotland see him as rightful ruler of an Empire that started in Scotland originally and see it time to re-install a British ruler once again.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor inacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New **Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.


 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer. The exploding population, encouraged by the arrival of new crops like maize and potatoes, reaches almost one million.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships.  A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are starting being built. Due to a very good growing season Three years in a row we have a surplus of crops this year just like we did last year. Due to the surplus in crops the population of our nation increases.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand. 
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Kingdom of Italy is organized under a Spanish commander who recruits 1000 troops for the "Italian Legion" which will officially deploy to the Philippines.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 150,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Nehilaw traders plan a massive voyage to reach Europe for the first time, but this will probably not occur for some time, due to the logistics. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their militaries. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. Several merchants stop there during the summer.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ... and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of
 * Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speechю
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.

1718

 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Pressure on Cologne to accept Hamburg's protection from New Hesses expansionism succeeds and Cologne comes under Hamburg's protection as a vassal (Turn Three of Three). The same pressure begins to be applied to Jülich (Turn One of Three). New Mecklenburg expands by 20 px.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with Sichuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. . [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Just an FYI, by accepting the Sichuan terms you have accepted that they're equals, so if the two nations being brought closer thing is a vassalization attempt, know that it is impossible -Sky
 * No no, don't worry. I am not vassalizing Sichuan. Rather only developing relations between Manchu and Sichuan -Rimp
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - Imperium of Heaven Diplomacy: Seeing the Imperium as another strong state in the North, instead of fighting; we call upon the Imperium to sign an alliance with us.
 * Manchu - Sichuan, Yunnan, Jin Empire, Wu, Yue, Shandong and Hebei Diplomacy: The new Emperor of Japan, Yamamoto Yokohama IV well aware of the weak and crippled nature of China proposes to the various Chinese nations to form a mutual defense pact. That is, if anyone were to wage war upon any nation in China, then all of the Chinese nations would unite against that person. The Emperor believes this is the best way to prevent anyone from establishing hegemony in China as the Chinese coalition would intervene before anything of such sort happened and it would also maintain a permanent status quo in China. The Emperor believes that if this proposal is accepted, than China truly can keep itself separated from the other world whilst maintaining a perfect and stable Confedaracy of China and would also prevent any foreign nation from establishing their grip upon Chinese nations one by one. The Emperor claims that while all nations can freely maintain their individual interests while, however, joint decisions being enforced upon every state every now and then; this pact would make sure the stability in China is not threatened and foreign nations do not acquire land in China as is the case with Japanese Taiwan and Yantai, and Spanish Qingdao and Shanghai. Various diplomats are sent throughout China to for a reply. [Mod Response Needed]
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised upon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]  Yamamoto Yokohama IV, as the new emperor of Japan, invites the following nations to a conference in Formosa next year to drop tensions between Japan-Manchuria, Hispania, and the Chinese warlord states. Ayyutha and the Netherlands are invited as observers to the conference. 
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. As the councils plans for new roads continues, the Emperor discovers that they are actually using the labor to build themselves lavish villas, and reveals this to the populace, causing great outrage among several prominent merchants and nobles.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Urdustani Secret Dip: The Council asks the Empire of Hispania to take part in the planned invasion of Dhundara, giving them about half the land in exchange for continuing tech deals to allow Urdustan to catch back up to the modern times after a longer period of stagnation and political turmoil.
 * Hispanian Dip: Agreed, let's do it.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.We agree on the purchase terms of Nouvelle Artois (South florida) in exchange of calais and future aid as well as support to the Britannian leadership
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are starting being built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Wu: Wu continues to built its military and economy, also they'll continue modes income from exports into infrastructure.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a separate entity from the Colonial military.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their militaries. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. The so-called "great voyage" is finally launched, with a fleet of 10 Nehilaw merchant ships making their way first to Igulik and then crossing the Atlantic to Europe. Diplomats are dropped off, while weapons and trade goods are purchased, before the ships return in September. The voyage is planned to be repeated two years in the future.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1718, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 57, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In diplomatic news, Charles begins vassalizing Pflaz (Turn Three of Three). In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria begins incorporating Franken-Sachsen (Turn Two of Six).
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 57, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 54, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 50, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 53, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Netherlands: Maurice II now 32 and in need of a queen . The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking through a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula Under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * NOTE: NK has asked me to post for him until he decides to formally resume playing. Cookiedamage (talk) 23:15, December 6, 2014 (UTC)
 * If I'm not mistaken, Scandinavia did this decades ago.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain agrees with the Urdustani offer and declares war pending Urdustans involvement. This leads to about 1000 Spanish troops mostly military guards among deployed marines.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Italian legion deploys to India with about 10 combat ships and its full 1000 man complement.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila. The Army of the Philippines is raised with nearly 2000 troops deployed to India to fight.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in india
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economoy are improved.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materials, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes, and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach eight million by 1710. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. King Kristoffer II, the first Bjelbo-Griffins monarch, has been in power since the 1560s. Once a youthful, brash king, he has since slowed down a bit. While his health is fair, the health of his wife has begun to decay. His offspring, including the heir to the throne, remain in good health.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ... and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the most ammount of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of
 * Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speechю
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current governement decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and emplore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.

1719
''' Peasants rise up in Bavaria proper upset over perceived high taxes and other much minor grievances. The revolt is rather calm but is extremely disruptive as it cuts back some of the harvest from the Bavarian agricultural production. '''

''' Major famines break out in China affecting nearly all the warlord states, the Manchu, and the Imperium. The Famine is mostly attributed to a series of terrible harvests along the traditional chinese agricultural areas which kill tens of thousands. '''

'''Wait just a minute, this is a relatively important event that affects the whole region, I think this should have been put on the mod page before it got posted here. Feud, I think this might even be a bit biased to have this series of events that's just so randomly aimed at weakening every chinese state yet somehow ignoring any spanish possessions in China. -Sky'''

'''It's a famine that doesn't even detract from any scores. It doesn't weaken anyone and really just gives everyone in China something to deal with. If it detracted from scores I could see this being an issue of bias but it doesn't. Open and Shut As for Spanish possessions, they are hardly near the populations of any of those warlord states. Having a few hundred thousand people to feed that can get their food from elsewhere rather than 20 million. The famine shouldn't be affecting enclaves that are part of a totally different trade system in which they have open access to at least two other areas in the area for food. If I had 20 or 30 million people in China I could definitely see this affecting me but considering it's scattered enclaves that literally rely on outside trade ... yeah, not so much -Feud'''

''' More advanced banking institutions begin to develop in European trade territories in Asia as the mostly frowned and looked down upon merchant classes flee to the much friendlier European territories. '''
 * European? Why not use the word 'Spanish'? RexImperio (talk) 07:18, December 17, 2014 (UTC)
 * This is 1719. Europeans are not "friendly" to Asian merchants; they're intensely racist and believing themselves intrinsically superior. OTL, the Spanish in the Phillipines periodically rounded up and killed every Chinese because they were concerned about mercantile competition. European merchants are not going to let Asian merchants muscle in on their colonial markets without serious resistance. hence, no friendliness.
 * This actually happened OTL. A flight of the merchant classes in India (which this event is mostly geared toward) helped propogate the massive power the East India Company achieved due to the point that the merchants are looked down upon through the caste system. So yes it's plausible. It does not mean, however, that these men will get ANYTHING out of it, it's up to the player whether to betray a merchantilist system or just prevent the new merchants from being competitors at all. Considering the caste system ... yes European territories would be vastly more friendly in some cases because many of these merchants could bring connections to the table or plain and simple just start working for the Europeans rather than independently hence the possibility of more advanced banking institutions if they worked under Europeans. -Feud

''' A relative of the Burmese noble who revolted from Spain years earlier attempts a second revolt but is unable to gain support. In an attempt to gain some support he enters underground martial arts tournaments in which he gains notable prestige. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. After decades, in some cases over a century, of merely using the Ducal Standard, the colonies are given new flags, which while still having the Ducal flag in the canton, have their coat of arms in the lower right quadrant, and are color-coded to their continent; green for Africa, blue for Borealia, and red for Asia and Australia. New Mecklenburg expands by 20 px. Pressure on Jülich to accept Hamburg protection from New Hesses expansionism continues (Turn Two of Three).


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with Sichuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. In face of the new famine, a complete embargo is placed upon any export of food. Major relief blocks are established to provide food free of cost to the poor. Many influential landlords have their lands stripped in order to use their lands products to feed the peasants. Moreover, a diplomat is sent to Japan calling for import of wheat and such. However, once the situation becomes normal; limited export of wheat takes place to other states such as the Imperium of Heaven, Sichuan, and the neighbouring nations. Meanwhile, a major wall is constructed beside the Spanish enclave to prevent the merchants from escaping and anyone who attempts to do so is killed, therefore sending a message to the rest. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - Imperium of Heaven Diplomacy: Seeing the Imperium as another strong state in the North, instead of fighting; we call upon the Imperium to sign an alliance with us.
 * Manchu - Sichuan, Yunnan, Jin Empire, Wu, Yue, Shandong and Hebei Diplomacy: The new Emperor of Japan, Yamamoto Yokohama IV well aware of the weak and crippled nature of China proposes to the various Chinese nations to form a mutual defense pact. That is, if anyone were to wage war upon any nation in China, then all of the Chinese nations would unite against that person. The Emperor believes this is the best way to prevent anyone from establishing hegemony in China as the Chinese coalition would intervene before anything of such sort happened and it would also maintain a permanent status quo in China. The Emperor believes that if this proposal is accepted, than China truly can keep itself separated from the other world whilst maintaining a perfect and stable Confedaracy of China and would also prevent any foreign nation from establishing their grip upon Chinese nations one by one. The Emperor claims that while all nations can freely maintain their individual interests while, however, joint decisions being enforced upon every state every now and then; this pact would make sure the stability in China is not threatened and foreign nations do not acquire land in China as is the case with Japanese Taiwan and Yantai, and Spanish Qingdao and Shanghai. Various diplomats are sent throughout China too for a reply. [Mod Response Needed]
 * The Chinese nations decline for numerous. reasons. Part of them (Jin, Yue, Shandong and Hebei) decline because they believe that they cannot ally with conquers (Manchu, Wu, Sichuan) and Spanish (Wu, Yunnan) and Japanese (Manchu) allies, and that they must protect themselves against the foreigners. Wu declines due to relations with Spain, with whom Manchu has tense relations. The Sichuan Emperor believes that trading is already enough for them, although he offers the Manchu a 30 year NAP. Yunnan is left to choose, since it's a player nation. [Send complaints to Sky, if you have any, but I'd prefer if you didn't]
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing being built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. Tensions rise with Dacia as the Croat and Hungarian populace (whatever's left of it) begins yearning for Eastern Hungary.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. The Empire, having had many years of isolation and inactivity on the global scale, rejoins the world stage. The first modernization steps are taken to streamline the military forces. The Crown Colonial Association also decides to also streamline the Borealian colonies. The former L'nu nation is integrated into New Dublin to form the Dominion of Arcadia. Other nation changes include economic reforms to restart the sluggish economy and a greater focus on military technology. The military is updated. A new model for economic production is released in homes of bolstering Britannia's economy, one of the leading economies in the world. The efforts come after many years of flagging production and scientific stagnation. Nowhere are these reforms more found than the colonies, where governors have been told to move away from a purely exploitive model to a more productive, economic model. The hope is by freeing up some of the labor force that was once used for exploitation, and use that force in a more efficient capacity, that profits and production would rise. Parliament clamors for continued updates to infrastructure and technology. The uprisings continue throughout the year with much blood being spilt on both sides. During the the conflict, Leonard has himself coronated as Emperor Ian James York of Scotland, King of Scotland, Emperor of Britannia and all her holdings, Ordained by God, Most August, in York May 2 of this year. With massive popular support in the north and in Eire, Emperor James continues to rally against the "False German King" in London. The two opposing armies clash spectacularly at the Battle of Aldborough Hatch, just outside the fortified city. The battle went on for days against the "Southern Loyalists" and the "Scot's Armies". The battle later resulted in a heavy loss for both sides, causing the Scots to pull back north to Oxford. Stunned from the draw, the Southern Loyalists take the time to regroup around London and Bath.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well. Scottish nobleman Ian Leonard claims that his House is the rightful heir to throne and not House Hamburg. His claims are substantiated as he is the last remaining heir to the line of York, a true British line, not a foreign line. His words gain popularity throughout Scotland and much of Northern Britannia, Leonard reaches out to other nations, namely Hispania in attempt to get recognized and have aid in overthrowing the current Emperor. Many nobles in Scotland see him as rightful ruler of an Empire that started in Scotland originally and see it time to re-install a British ruler once again.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade. Calais is prepped for the exchange of land between France and Britannia, Calais for OTL South Florida
 * Dominion of Arcadia: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire. The new realignment of the two colonial holdings of L'nu and New Dublin see a massive increase of settlers as the new dominion governor enacts more reforms targeted toward economy and finance.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newspaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largely ignored.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their militaries. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. The Nehilaw diplomats are dropped off in Europe, along with the High Sachem's daughter and, at present, sole heir. They are instructed to find a match with a suitable European noble for her, and begin investigating possible matches.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases man power are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain agrees with the Urdustani offer and declares war pending Urdustans involvement. This leads to about 1000 Spanish troops mostly military guards among deployed marines.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Italian legion deploys to India with about 10 combat ships and its full 1000 man complement.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila. The Army of the Philippines is raised with nearly 2000 troops deployed to India to fight.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in india
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to Expand by 50 px to the East.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help grow it. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a separate entity from the Colonial military.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are improved.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1719, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 58, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria begins incorporating Franken-Sachsen (Turn Three of Six). In response to the small, peaceful, and (mostly) bloodless tax revolt in Landshut, Charles I decides to lower taxes within Bavaria proper and alleviate the disrupted harvest by importing and increased amount of wheats, grains, and other foodstuffs from the Rhineland and Hamburg. In other news, Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 58, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 55, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 51, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 54, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 58, continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria, however, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.